1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
31 #include "blockinput.h"
33 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
34 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
35 #include "syssignal.h"
37 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
38 if this is not done before the other system files. */
40 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
42 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
43 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
45 #include <sys/types.h>
48 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
57 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
58 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
61 #include "character.h"
64 #include "dispextern.h"
66 #include "termhooks.h"
69 #include "emacs-icon.h"
74 #include "intervals.h"
80 #include "xsettings.h"
82 #include "sysselect.h"
85 #include <X11/Shell.h>
93 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
98 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
102 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
104 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
105 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
107 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
109 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
110 #if defined USE_MOTIF
111 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
112 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
113 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
116 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
117 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
118 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
119 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
120 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
122 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
124 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
125 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
126 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
127 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
129 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
133 #ifndef XtNinitialState
134 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
138 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
140 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
144 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
149 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
152 static int any_help_event_p
;
154 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
155 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
157 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
160 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
162 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
163 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
164 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
165 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
167 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
169 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
170 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
171 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
172 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
174 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
176 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
178 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
180 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
185 } pending_event_wait
;
188 /* The application context for Xt use. */
189 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
190 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
192 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
194 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
195 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
197 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
198 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
199 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
201 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
205 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
206 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
207 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
208 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
210 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
212 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
213 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
214 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
215 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
216 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
217 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
218 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
219 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
220 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
223 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
225 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
226 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
227 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
229 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
231 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
232 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
235 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
236 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
239 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
241 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
242 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
243 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
244 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
245 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
246 it's somewhat accurate. */
248 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
250 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
252 static Time last_user_time
;
254 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
257 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
259 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
261 static int x_noop_count
;
263 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
265 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
266 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
269 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
270 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
272 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
273 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
276 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
277 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
281 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
286 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
287 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
288 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
289 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
291 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
292 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
293 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
295 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
296 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
297 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
298 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
299 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
302 /* Used in x_flush. */
304 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
305 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
306 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
307 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
308 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
309 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
311 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
312 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
313 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
314 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
315 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
316 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
317 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
318 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
319 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
320 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
321 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
322 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
323 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
324 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
325 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
326 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
327 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
328 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
329 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
330 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
331 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
333 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
334 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
335 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
336 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
337 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
338 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
339 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
340 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
341 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
343 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
344 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
345 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
346 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
347 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
348 int *, struct input_event
*);
350 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
352 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
353 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
354 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
355 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
356 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
357 static void x_initialize (void);
360 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
363 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
365 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
366 connection may be broken. */
367 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
373 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
374 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
375 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
376 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
378 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
379 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
384 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
385 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
386 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
387 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
388 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
391 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
394 /***********************************************************************
396 ***********************************************************************/
400 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
401 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
409 struct record event_record
[100];
411 int event_record_index
;
414 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
416 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
417 event_record_index
= 0;
419 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
420 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
421 event_record_index
++;
428 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
430 struct x_display_info
*
431 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
433 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
435 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
436 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
443 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
445 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
446 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
447 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
449 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
453 unsigned int nchildren
;
456 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
463 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
466 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
469 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
470 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
472 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
476 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
481 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
482 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
483 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
484 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
488 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
490 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
493 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
495 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
497 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
498 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
499 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
500 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
502 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
504 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
505 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
506 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
508 /* return unless necessary */
513 unsigned long n
, left
;
515 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
516 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
517 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
520 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
522 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
523 XFree ((void *) data
);
532 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
533 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
534 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
539 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
541 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
545 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
547 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
551 /***********************************************************************
552 Starting and ending an update
553 ***********************************************************************/
555 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
556 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
557 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
558 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
559 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
562 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
568 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
569 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
573 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
575 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
576 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
579 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
583 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
585 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
586 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
588 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
590 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
591 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
598 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
601 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
603 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
606 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
608 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
611 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
612 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
615 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
617 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
618 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
620 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
621 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
622 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
624 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
625 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
629 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
631 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
633 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
638 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
640 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
642 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
643 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
648 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
649 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
650 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
652 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
653 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
654 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
657 updated_window
= NULL
;
661 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
665 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
667 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
668 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
672 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
678 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
679 complete update has been performed. The global variable
680 updated_window is not available here. */
683 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
687 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
689 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
690 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
693 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
694 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
695 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
696 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
697 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
704 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
705 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
706 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
707 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
708 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
709 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
712 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
714 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
720 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
721 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
723 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
724 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
725 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
726 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
727 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
728 overhead is very small. */
729 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
730 && desired_row
->full_width_p
731 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
732 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
734 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
737 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
740 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
741 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
742 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
743 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
744 y
, width
, height
, False
);
750 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
752 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
753 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
754 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
755 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
756 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
758 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
759 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
763 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
765 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
766 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
767 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
768 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
770 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
772 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
774 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
775 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
776 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
777 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
778 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
779 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
780 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
781 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
783 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
787 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
788 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
789 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
793 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
794 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
795 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
796 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
800 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
802 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
803 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
805 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
810 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
812 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
813 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
815 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
816 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
821 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
822 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
825 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
831 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
832 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
836 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
838 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
840 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
842 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
844 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
845 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
847 face
->background
, depth
);
851 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
852 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
855 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
856 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
857 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
858 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
861 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
862 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
863 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
867 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
868 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
869 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
873 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
878 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
879 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
880 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
884 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
888 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
889 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
892 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
897 /***********************************************************************
899 ***********************************************************************/
903 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
904 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
905 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
907 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
908 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
909 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
910 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
911 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
912 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
913 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
914 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
915 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
916 static int x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
917 unsigned long *, double, int);
918 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
919 double, int, unsigned long);
920 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
921 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
922 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
923 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
924 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
925 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
927 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
928 int, int, int, int, int, int,
930 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
931 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
932 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
935 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
939 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
943 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
945 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
946 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
947 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
949 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
952 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
956 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
957 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
959 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
960 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
961 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
962 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
963 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
964 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
965 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
967 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
968 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
969 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
971 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
972 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
975 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
976 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
977 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
979 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
980 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
983 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
984 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
986 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
991 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
994 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
999 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1000 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1001 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1003 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1005 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1006 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1008 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1009 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1010 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1012 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1013 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1016 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1021 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1022 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1023 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1024 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1026 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1027 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1030 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1031 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1033 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1036 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1040 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1041 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1042 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1045 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1047 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1051 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1052 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1056 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1058 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1060 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1062 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1063 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1065 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1067 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1068 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1070 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1072 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1075 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1077 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1078 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1080 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1081 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1083 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1084 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1088 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1089 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1092 /* GC must have been set. */
1093 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1097 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1098 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1101 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1103 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1104 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1107 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1112 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1113 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1117 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1122 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1124 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1127 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1132 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1135 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1138 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1139 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1141 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1143 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1145 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1146 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1149 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1150 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1151 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1155 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1157 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1159 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1160 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1161 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1165 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1166 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1171 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1174 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1177 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1178 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1179 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1180 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1184 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1185 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1186 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1187 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1188 contains the first component of a composition. */
1191 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1193 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1194 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1195 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1197 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1201 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1202 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1203 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1204 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1205 s
->background_width
,
1206 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1207 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1208 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1210 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1211 || s
->font_not_found_p
1212 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1215 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1216 s
->background_width
,
1217 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1218 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1224 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1227 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1231 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1232 of S to the right of that box line. */
1233 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1234 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1235 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1239 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1241 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1243 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1245 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1246 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1247 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1249 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1254 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1255 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1258 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1259 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1261 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1263 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1264 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1266 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1267 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1268 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1272 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1275 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1278 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1280 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1281 of S to the right of that box line. */
1282 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1283 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1284 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1288 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1289 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1290 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1291 this composition. */
1293 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1294 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1295 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1297 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1298 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1299 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1301 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1305 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1306 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1307 space on the left or right. */
1308 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1310 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1311 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1313 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1314 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1315 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1320 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1325 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1327 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1328 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1329 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1332 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1336 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1337 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1338 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1341 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1342 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1343 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1344 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1345 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1346 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1354 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1355 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1356 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1362 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1365 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1367 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1371 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1372 of S to the right of that box line. */
1373 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1374 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1375 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1381 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1383 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1384 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1386 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1389 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1390 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1394 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1395 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1396 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1397 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1398 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1399 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1402 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1404 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1405 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1406 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1412 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1415 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1416 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1418 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1419 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1421 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1422 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1423 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1425 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1426 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1427 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1430 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1431 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1432 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1433 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1434 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1435 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1439 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1441 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget (Widget
);
1442 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1443 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1444 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1445 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1448 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1449 cannot be determined. */
1451 static struct frame
*
1452 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1454 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1458 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1460 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1461 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1462 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1463 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1464 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1465 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1467 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1468 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1469 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1470 if (FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1471 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1473 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1474 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1475 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1484 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1485 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1486 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1487 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1488 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1489 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1492 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1493 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1495 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1496 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1502 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1503 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1505 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1507 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1509 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1514 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1515 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1517 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1520 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1522 DPY is the display we are working on.
1524 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1525 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1526 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1527 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1529 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1530 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1532 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1533 we allocated the color or not.
1535 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1538 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1539 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1540 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1550 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1551 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1553 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1557 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1558 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1559 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1561 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1563 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1564 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1566 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1568 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1569 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1571 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1572 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1574 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1575 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1580 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1582 params
[0] = color_name
;
1583 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1584 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1585 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1590 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1592 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1594 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1598 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1602 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1603 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1606 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1611 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1612 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1613 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1615 APP is the application context in which we work.
1617 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1618 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1619 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1621 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1624 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1629 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1631 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1634 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1636 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1637 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1638 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1639 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1640 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1645 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1648 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1649 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1650 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1651 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1653 static const XColor
*
1654 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1656 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1658 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1660 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1661 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1664 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1665 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1666 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1668 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1669 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1671 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1672 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1675 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1676 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1680 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1681 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1684 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1686 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1688 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1691 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1693 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1694 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1695 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1696 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1700 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1704 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1705 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1708 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1710 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1714 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1715 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1716 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1720 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1724 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1727 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1728 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1729 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1730 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1732 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1733 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1734 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1736 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1738 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1740 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1741 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1742 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1743 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1745 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1748 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1752 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1753 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1754 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1755 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1759 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1760 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1761 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1762 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1763 XColor
*cached_color
;
1765 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1766 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1767 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1768 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1769 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1771 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1772 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1773 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1777 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1779 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1780 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1786 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1787 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1788 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1792 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1794 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1795 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1799 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1800 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1801 get color reference counts right. */
1804 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1808 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1810 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1811 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1813 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1814 register_color (pixel
);
1820 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1823 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1824 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1825 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1826 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1827 use an additional additive factor.
1829 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1830 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1831 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1834 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1835 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1836 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1837 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1838 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1839 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1842 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1848 /* Get RGB color values. */
1849 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1850 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1852 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1853 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1854 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1855 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1856 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1858 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1859 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1861 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1862 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1863 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1864 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1865 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1867 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1868 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1869 /* The additive adjustment. */
1870 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1874 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1875 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1876 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1880 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1881 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1882 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1886 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1887 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1890 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1892 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1893 delta to the RGB values. */
1894 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1896 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1897 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1898 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1899 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1910 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1911 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1912 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1913 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1914 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1915 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1918 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1921 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1922 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1923 unsigned long pixel
;
1924 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1925 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1926 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1927 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1929 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1930 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1932 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1933 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1934 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1936 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1938 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1939 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1942 /* Allocate new color. */
1943 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1945 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1946 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1948 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1949 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1952 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1954 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1956 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1959 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1963 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1966 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1968 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1969 unsigned long color
;
1971 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1972 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1973 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1975 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1976 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1981 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1982 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1983 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1986 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1987 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1989 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1990 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1991 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1992 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1993 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1998 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1999 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2000 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2001 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2002 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2003 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2007 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2008 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2009 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
2010 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2012 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2013 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2018 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2020 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2021 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2023 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2024 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2025 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2032 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2033 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2034 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2036 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2037 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2038 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2039 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2046 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2048 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2049 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2051 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2052 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2053 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2056 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2058 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2060 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2061 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2065 /* Outermost top line. */
2067 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2068 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2069 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2071 /* Outermost left line. */
2073 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2079 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2080 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2081 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2082 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2083 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2084 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2085 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2091 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2092 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2093 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2094 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2095 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2098 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2102 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2103 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2104 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2105 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2106 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2107 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2110 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2111 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2112 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2116 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2117 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2118 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2121 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2122 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2126 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2127 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2130 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2131 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2135 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2136 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2138 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2139 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2143 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2146 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2148 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2149 int left_p
, right_p
;
2150 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2151 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2153 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2154 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2155 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2157 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2158 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2160 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2162 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2163 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2165 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2167 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2169 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2171 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2172 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2174 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2175 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2176 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2178 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2180 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2182 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2183 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2184 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2187 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2188 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2189 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2194 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2197 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2200 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2202 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2203 right of that line. */
2204 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2205 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2207 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2209 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2211 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2212 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2213 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2214 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2220 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2221 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2222 trust on the shape extension to be available
2223 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2225 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2228 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2230 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2231 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2232 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2233 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2234 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2236 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2239 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2240 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2241 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2242 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2243 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2244 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2248 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2250 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2253 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2254 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2255 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2256 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2257 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2258 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2260 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2261 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2262 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2263 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2264 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2265 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2266 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2268 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2269 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2270 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2271 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2272 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2273 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2278 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2279 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2280 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2284 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2287 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2289 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2290 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2293 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2295 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2296 right of that line. */
2297 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2298 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2300 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2302 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2304 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2305 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2306 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2307 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2309 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2310 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2312 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2313 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2317 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2318 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2321 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2322 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2324 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2325 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2326 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2328 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2329 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2331 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2332 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2335 x0
= x
- thick
- extra_x
;
2336 y0
= y
- thick
- extra_y
;
2337 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra_x
;
2338 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra_y
;
2340 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2341 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2342 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2344 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2346 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2351 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2354 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2357 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2359 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2360 right of that line. */
2361 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2362 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2364 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2366 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2368 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2369 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2370 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2371 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2377 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2378 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2379 trust on the shape extension to be available
2380 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2382 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2386 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2387 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2388 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2389 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2390 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2392 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2393 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2394 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2395 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2399 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2400 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2401 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2403 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2404 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2405 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2406 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2407 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2408 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2409 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2411 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2413 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2414 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2415 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2420 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2421 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2422 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2426 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2427 give the rectangle to draw. */
2430 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2434 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2435 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2436 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2437 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2440 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2444 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2447 s->x +-------------------------
2450 | +-------------------------
2453 | | +-------------------
2459 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2461 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2462 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2464 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2467 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2468 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2469 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2470 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2472 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2473 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2475 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2476 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2480 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2481 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2485 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2486 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2487 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2488 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2489 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2491 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2492 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2493 s
->background_width
,
2496 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2498 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2500 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2503 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2504 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2505 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2506 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2507 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2508 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2509 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2514 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2516 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2517 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2518 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2519 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2527 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2529 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2531 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2532 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2534 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2537 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2540 /* Draw the foreground. */
2543 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2544 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2545 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2546 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2547 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2550 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2552 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2554 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2555 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2556 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2560 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2563 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2565 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2567 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2568 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2570 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2571 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2572 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2575 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2577 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2581 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2587 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2589 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2591 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2592 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2593 x
+= background_width
;
2595 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2596 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2600 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2602 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2603 if (width
< background_width
)
2606 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2610 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2614 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2615 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2617 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2623 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2624 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2626 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2628 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2629 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2630 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2631 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2636 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2637 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2638 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2639 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2643 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2645 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2646 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2648 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2649 except for header line and mode line. */
2650 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2652 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2655 if (background_width
> 0)
2656 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2659 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2663 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2669 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2674 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2676 int wave_height
= 2, wave_length
= 3;
2677 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2678 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2681 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2687 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2689 wave_clip
= (XRectangle
){ x0
, y0
, width
, wave_height
};
2690 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2692 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2695 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2697 /* Draw the waves */
2699 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2709 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2714 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2716 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2720 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2721 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2725 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2728 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2730 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2732 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2733 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2734 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2735 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2738 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2740 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2741 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2742 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2743 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2745 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2746 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2747 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2748 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2750 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2751 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2755 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2756 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2758 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2759 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2760 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2761 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2762 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2763 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2766 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2767 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2768 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2769 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2772 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2774 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2775 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2776 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2777 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2778 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2779 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2781 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2783 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2786 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2790 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2794 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2795 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2797 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2798 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2801 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2802 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2803 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2804 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2806 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2807 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2810 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2811 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2812 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2814 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2815 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2822 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2824 /* Draw underline. */
2825 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2827 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2829 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2830 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2834 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2835 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2836 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2837 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2840 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2842 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2845 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2847 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2848 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2849 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2853 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2854 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2855 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2858 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2859 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2862 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2863 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2864 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2865 specs, and its default is
2867 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2868 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2870 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2871 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2872 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2874 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2876 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2878 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2880 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2881 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2882 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2883 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2884 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2885 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2886 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2887 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2888 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2889 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2890 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2891 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2895 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2896 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2897 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2898 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2899 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2903 /* Draw overline. */
2904 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2906 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2908 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2909 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2914 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2915 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2916 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2918 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2922 /* Draw strike-through. */
2923 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2925 unsigned long h
= 1;
2926 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2928 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2929 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2934 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2935 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2936 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2938 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2942 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2943 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2944 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2948 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2950 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2951 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2952 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2954 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2955 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2956 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2959 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2960 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2961 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2962 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2964 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2965 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2967 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2973 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2975 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2976 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2977 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2979 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2980 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2981 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2984 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2985 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2986 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2987 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2989 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2990 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2992 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2997 /* Reset clipping. */
2998 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3002 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
3005 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
3007 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3008 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3009 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3013 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3017 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
3023 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3024 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3027 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
3029 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3030 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3034 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3037 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3039 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3041 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3042 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
3043 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
3045 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
3046 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3049 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3051 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3052 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3053 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3055 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3056 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3057 redisplay, do it here. */
3058 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3059 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3062 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3069 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3072 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3078 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3079 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3080 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3082 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3083 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3084 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3085 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3087 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3091 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3094 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3095 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3096 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3097 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3098 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3099 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3100 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3101 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3102 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3105 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3106 pixels into background pixels. */
3110 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3111 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3112 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3114 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3115 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3119 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3120 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3121 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3122 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3123 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3124 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3125 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3129 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3130 edge it is next to. */
3131 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3133 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3134 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3137 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3138 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3145 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3147 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3148 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3150 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3152 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3153 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3154 width
, flash_height
);
3155 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3157 (height
- flash_height
3158 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3159 width
, flash_height
);
3163 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3164 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3165 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3166 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3171 EMACS_TIME delay
= make_emacs_time (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3172 EMACS_TIME wakeup
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), delay
);
3174 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3176 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3178 EMACS_TIME current
= current_emacs_time ();
3181 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3182 if (EMACS_TIME_LE (wakeup
, current
))
3185 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3186 timeout
= make_emacs_time (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3188 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3189 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3193 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3194 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3196 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3198 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3199 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3200 width
, flash_height
);
3201 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3203 (height
- flash_height
3204 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3205 width
, flash_height
);
3208 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3209 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3210 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3211 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3217 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3219 #undef XFillRectangle
3221 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3232 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3237 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3238 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3239 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3242 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3243 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3244 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3249 /* Make audible bell. */
3252 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3254 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3261 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3262 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3269 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3270 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3271 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3272 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3275 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3277 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3282 /***********************************************************************
3284 ***********************************************************************/
3286 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3287 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3290 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3296 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3299 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3301 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3302 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3304 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3305 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3307 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3309 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3310 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3311 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3312 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3313 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3314 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3315 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3316 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3318 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3322 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3323 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3324 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3326 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3328 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3329 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3331 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3332 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3337 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3338 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3339 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3343 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3344 line at the bottom. */
3345 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3346 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3348 height
= run
->height
;
3352 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3354 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3355 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3357 height
= run
->height
;
3362 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3366 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3367 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3368 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3378 /***********************************************************************
3380 ***********************************************************************/
3384 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3386 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3387 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3388 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3389 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3391 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3392 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3393 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3394 because of this (bug#9310). */
3395 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3396 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3397 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3398 x_uncatch_errors ();
3400 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3401 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3405 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3407 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3408 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3409 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3410 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3412 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3413 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3414 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3415 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3416 x_uncatch_errors ();
3418 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3419 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3422 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3423 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3424 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3425 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3426 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3429 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3431 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3433 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3435 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3436 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3437 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3439 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3440 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3442 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3443 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3445 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3448 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3451 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3452 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3453 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3456 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3458 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3460 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3462 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3463 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3465 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3466 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3467 if (NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3468 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3469 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3471 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3472 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3476 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3479 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3480 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3483 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3485 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3487 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3489 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3490 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3494 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3495 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3497 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3498 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3502 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3503 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3505 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3508 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3510 struct frame
*frame
;
3512 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3516 switch (event
->type
)
3521 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3523 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3525 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3526 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3527 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3528 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3530 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3536 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3537 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3538 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3539 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3543 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3545 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3546 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3547 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3554 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3555 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3558 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3560 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3564 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3565 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3566 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3568 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3569 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3570 the appropriate X display info. */
3573 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3575 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3579 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3581 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3583 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3585 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3586 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3587 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3588 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3589 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3591 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3592 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3596 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3598 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3601 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3602 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3603 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3609 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3611 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3613 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3615 int min_code
, max_code
;
3618 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3620 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3621 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3622 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3623 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3624 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3626 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3628 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3629 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3631 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3633 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3634 Alt keysyms are on. */
3636 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3637 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3639 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3641 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3642 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3644 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3646 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3650 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3654 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3656 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3662 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3663 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3668 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3669 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3674 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3675 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3676 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3677 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3682 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3683 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3684 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3685 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3689 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3690 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3691 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3692 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3693 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3702 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3703 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3705 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3706 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3709 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3710 make them just meta, not alt. */
3711 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3713 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3716 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3717 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3720 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3724 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3726 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3727 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3728 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3729 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3732 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3733 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3734 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3735 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3736 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3737 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3738 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3739 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3741 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3742 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3743 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3744 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3745 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3746 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3750 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3752 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3753 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3754 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3755 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3759 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3760 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3761 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3762 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3763 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3764 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3765 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3766 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3769 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3770 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3771 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3772 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3773 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3774 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3777 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3780 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3785 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3793 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3795 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3797 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3801 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3803 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3805 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3806 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3807 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3808 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3810 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3814 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3815 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3816 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3822 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3823 The input handler calls this.
3825 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3826 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3827 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3828 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3830 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3831 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3834 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3836 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3837 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3838 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3840 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3843 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3845 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3846 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3847 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3848 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3853 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3854 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3855 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3856 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3857 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3858 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3860 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3861 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3862 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3863 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3864 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3865 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3873 /************************************************************************
3875 ************************************************************************/
3878 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3880 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3881 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3882 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3883 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3884 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3889 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3890 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3892 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3893 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3894 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3895 position on the scroll bar.
3897 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3898 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3901 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3902 was at this position.
3904 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3906 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3910 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3911 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3918 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3919 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3925 Window dummy_window
;
3928 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3930 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3931 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3932 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3933 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3934 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3936 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3938 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3939 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3940 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3942 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3945 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3946 a different screen. */
3949 /* The position on that root window. */
3952 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3955 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3957 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3959 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3960 containing the pointer. */
3964 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3968 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3969 structure is changing at the same time this function
3970 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3972 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3974 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3975 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3977 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3978 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3979 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3981 /* From-window, to-window. */
3982 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3984 /* From-position, to-position. */
3985 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3989 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3995 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3997 /* From-window, to-window. */
4000 /* From-position, to-position. */
4001 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4006 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4009 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4010 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4011 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4012 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4013 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
4021 /* Now we know that:
4022 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4023 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4024 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4025 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4026 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4027 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4028 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4029 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4030 never use them in that case.) */
4033 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4034 want the edit window. */
4035 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4037 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4038 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4041 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4042 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4045 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4046 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4048 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4051 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4054 x_uncatch_errors ();
4056 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4059 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4061 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4065 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4071 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4072 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4076 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4077 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4078 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4079 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4080 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4081 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4082 the frame are divided into. */
4084 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4085 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4090 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4091 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4092 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4102 /***********************************************************************
4104 ***********************************************************************/
4106 /* Scroll bar support. */
4108 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4110 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4113 static struct scroll_bar
*
4114 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4118 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4119 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4120 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4122 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4124 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
4126 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4127 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
4128 if (! FRAMEP (frame
))
4131 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4134 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4136 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4137 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4138 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4139 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4140 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4143 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4144 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4145 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4146 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4153 #if defined USE_LUCID
4155 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4156 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4159 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4163 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
4165 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
4167 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
4168 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4170 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4178 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4181 /************************************************************************
4183 ************************************************************************/
4185 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4187 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4188 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4189 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4190 struct scroll_bar
*);
4191 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4195 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4196 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4198 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4200 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4202 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4204 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4205 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4208 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4210 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4212 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4214 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4215 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4216 to avoid jerkiness. */
4218 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4220 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4221 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4222 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4223 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4226 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4227 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4230 const char *end_action
;
4233 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4234 end_action
= "Release";
4235 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4236 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4237 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4238 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4241 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4242 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4246 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4247 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4248 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4250 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4252 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4253 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4254 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4256 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4257 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4259 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4260 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4263 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4265 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4266 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4268 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4269 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4272 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4273 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4274 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4275 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4278 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4281 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4282 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4283 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4288 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4289 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4290 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4291 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4292 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4295 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4296 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4297 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4298 into that array in the event. */
4299 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4300 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4303 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4305 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4306 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4308 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4309 scroll_bar_windows
=
4310 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4311 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4312 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4313 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4316 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4317 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4318 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4319 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4320 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4321 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4323 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4324 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4325 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4326 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4329 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4330 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4331 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4332 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4337 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4341 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4343 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4347 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4348 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4350 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4352 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4353 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4356 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4359 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4361 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4362 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4363 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4364 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4365 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4371 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4373 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4376 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4377 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4378 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4381 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4383 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4384 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4385 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4389 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4390 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4391 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4394 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4395 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4396 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4399 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4400 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4401 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4404 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4405 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4406 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4410 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4411 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4414 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4415 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4416 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4423 /* Get the slider size. */
4425 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4428 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4429 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4430 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4431 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4435 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4441 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4442 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4443 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4447 #elif defined USE_GTK
4449 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4450 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4453 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4454 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4458 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4460 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4461 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4462 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4464 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4465 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4470 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4471 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4472 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4473 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4475 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4476 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4477 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4478 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4479 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4482 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4483 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4484 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4486 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4487 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4488 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4490 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4491 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4492 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4494 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4495 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4496 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4502 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4503 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4504 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4510 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4513 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4514 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4517 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4518 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4519 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4521 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4522 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4523 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4530 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4532 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4533 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4534 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4538 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4540 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4541 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4543 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4546 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4548 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4552 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4554 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4555 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4556 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4557 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4558 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4560 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4562 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4564 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4565 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4566 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4567 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4571 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4572 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4573 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4574 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4575 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4576 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4577 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4580 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4582 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4583 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4584 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4588 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4590 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4593 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4594 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4596 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4597 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4598 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4599 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4601 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4603 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4604 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4605 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4606 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4609 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4611 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4613 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4614 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4618 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4620 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4623 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4624 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4629 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4632 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4638 char const *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4639 unsigned long pixel
;
4644 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4645 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4646 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4647 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4648 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4649 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4650 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4651 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4653 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4656 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4660 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4663 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4667 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4668 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4670 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4671 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4673 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4675 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4677 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4679 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4681 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4683 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4686 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4687 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4689 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4690 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4691 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4692 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4694 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4696 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4697 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4698 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4699 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4700 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4701 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4702 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4703 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4705 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4708 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4712 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4715 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4719 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4721 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4722 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4724 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4727 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4728 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4729 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4731 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4734 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4736 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4739 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4740 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4741 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4743 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4747 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4748 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4749 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4750 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4751 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4752 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4753 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4756 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4757 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4761 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4762 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4763 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4765 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4767 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4770 /* Specify the colors. */
4771 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4774 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4777 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4780 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4786 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4787 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4790 char const *initial
= "";
4791 char const *val
= initial
;
4792 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4793 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4794 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4796 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4797 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4798 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4799 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4800 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4801 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4805 /* Define callbacks. */
4806 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4807 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4810 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4811 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4813 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4815 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4816 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4817 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4818 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4820 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4821 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4822 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4823 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4827 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4830 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4831 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4835 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4837 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4840 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4842 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4845 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4846 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4853 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4854 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4855 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4856 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4857 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4858 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4859 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4860 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4861 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4862 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4863 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4864 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4865 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4866 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4873 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4874 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4877 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4881 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4882 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4884 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4885 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4886 size
= max (size
, 1);
4888 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4889 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4890 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4892 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4894 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4900 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4901 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4905 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4907 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4908 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4909 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4913 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4914 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4915 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4918 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4919 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4921 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4922 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4923 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4924 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4926 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4927 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4930 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4931 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4932 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4934 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4938 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4942 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4944 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4948 /************************************************************************
4949 Scroll bars, general
4950 ************************************************************************/
4952 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4953 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4954 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4957 static struct scroll_bar
*
4958 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4960 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4961 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4962 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4966 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4967 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4968 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4970 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4974 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4975 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4976 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4978 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4979 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4981 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4983 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4985 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4986 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4987 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4988 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4989 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4991 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4993 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4994 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4995 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4997 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4999 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
5006 bar
->x_window
= window
;
5008 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5010 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5014 bar
->height
= height
;
5017 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5018 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
5020 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5021 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5023 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5024 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5025 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5027 /* Map the window/widget. */
5028 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5031 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5034 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5035 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5037 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5038 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5039 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5040 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5042 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5043 max (height
, 1), 0);
5044 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5045 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5047 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5048 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5049 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5056 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5058 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5060 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5061 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5062 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5065 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5066 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5067 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5068 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5069 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5072 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5074 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5075 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5076 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5077 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5079 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5081 && start
== bar
->start
5088 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5089 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5090 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5092 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5093 the distance between start and end. */
5095 int length
= end
- start
;
5099 else if (start
> top_range
)
5101 end
= start
+ length
;
5105 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5109 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5113 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5114 if (end
> top_range
)
5117 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5118 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5119 that many pixels tall. */
5120 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5122 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5123 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5125 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5126 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5127 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5128 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5129 inside_width
, start
,
5132 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5133 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5134 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5135 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5137 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5138 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5139 /* x, y, width, height */
5140 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5141 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5142 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5144 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5145 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5146 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5147 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5149 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5150 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5151 if (end
< inside_height
)
5152 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5153 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5154 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5155 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5156 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5164 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5166 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5170 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5172 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5175 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5177 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5178 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5179 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5180 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5182 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5185 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5186 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5192 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5193 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5194 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5198 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5200 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5201 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5202 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5203 int window_y
, window_height
;
5204 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5205 int fringe_extended_p
;
5208 /* Get window dimensions. */
5209 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5211 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5212 height
= window_height
;
5214 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5215 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5217 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5218 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5219 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5220 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5224 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5225 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5226 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5227 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5229 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5231 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5232 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5237 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5238 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5239 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5240 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5241 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5242 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5244 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5245 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5246 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5247 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5250 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5251 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5253 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5256 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5257 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5258 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5259 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5262 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5263 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5267 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5271 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5272 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5274 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5278 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5280 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5282 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5284 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5287 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5289 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5290 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5292 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5293 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5294 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5296 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5297 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5298 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5300 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5301 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5304 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5307 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5308 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5310 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5311 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5312 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5314 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5315 max (height
, 1), 0);
5316 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5318 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5320 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5321 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5322 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5324 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5325 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5327 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5328 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5329 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5333 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5334 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5335 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5338 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5339 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5340 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5342 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5343 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5344 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5345 rest
, height
, False
);
5347 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5348 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5352 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5357 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5359 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5361 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5365 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5367 /* Remember new settings. */
5368 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5370 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5371 bar
->height
= height
;
5376 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5377 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5379 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5380 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5381 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5383 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5385 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5388 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5391 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5392 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5393 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5396 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5398 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5402 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5403 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5404 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5405 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5406 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5407 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5408 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5410 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5411 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5412 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5415 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5417 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5418 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5421 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5422 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5423 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5424 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5425 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5426 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5427 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5432 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5433 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5436 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5438 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5441 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5442 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5445 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5447 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5448 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5449 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5451 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5453 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5454 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5456 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5457 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5458 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5460 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5461 one or the other! */
5465 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5467 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5468 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5470 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5472 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5473 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5474 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5477 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5478 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5481 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5483 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5485 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5487 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5488 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5489 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5491 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5493 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5495 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5498 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5501 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5502 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5506 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5507 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5508 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5510 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5514 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5516 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5517 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5518 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5519 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5523 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5525 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5526 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5527 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5528 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5530 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5531 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5533 /* x, y, width, height */
5535 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5538 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5539 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5540 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5541 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5546 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5548 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5549 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5551 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5556 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5558 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5561 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5562 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5563 emacs_event
->modifiers
5564 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5565 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5566 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5567 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5570 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5571 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5572 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5575 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5576 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5579 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5582 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5583 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5584 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5586 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5588 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5589 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5590 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5591 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5593 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5594 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5596 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5597 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5601 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5602 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5606 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5608 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5610 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5614 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5616 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5618 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5621 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5623 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5624 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5626 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5627 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5629 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5631 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5633 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5638 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5640 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5641 on the scroll bar. */
5644 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5645 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5646 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5648 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5649 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5650 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5652 Window dummy_window
;
5654 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5658 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5660 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5662 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5663 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5664 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5666 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5669 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5675 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5677 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5679 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5680 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5684 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5688 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5690 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5691 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5692 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5693 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5694 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5695 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5697 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5699 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5700 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5703 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5706 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5712 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5713 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5714 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5718 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5720 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5723 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5724 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5725 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5726 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5727 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5728 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5729 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5730 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5732 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5736 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5738 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5739 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5740 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5741 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5743 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5744 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5746 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5748 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5749 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5751 static int temp_index
;
5752 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5754 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5755 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5757 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5759 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5760 on a particular display. */
5762 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5764 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5765 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5766 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5767 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5769 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5771 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5772 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5775 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5776 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5777 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5778 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5779 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5780 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5792 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5793 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5794 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5796 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5798 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5802 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5804 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5805 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5806 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5809 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5810 event
->xclient
.window
);
5812 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5817 static int current_count
;
5818 static int current_finish
;
5819 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5821 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5822 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5823 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5824 static GdkFilterReturn
5825 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5827 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5830 if (current_count
>= 0)
5832 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5834 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5837 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5838 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5839 so we do it here. */
5840 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5842 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5845 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5850 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5853 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5857 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5861 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5862 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5864 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5866 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5869 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5870 enum xembed_message
,
5871 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5873 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5875 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5876 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5877 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5879 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5882 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5883 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5886 struct input_event ie
;
5887 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5891 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5892 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5893 struct coding_system coding
;
5894 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5895 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5898 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5900 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5901 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5904 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5905 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5911 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5912 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5913 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5915 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5916 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5918 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5919 could be the shell widget window
5920 if the frame has no title bar. */
5921 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5923 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5924 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5925 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5927 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5928 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5929 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5930 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5931 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5934 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5935 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5936 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5937 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5940 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5941 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5942 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5945 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5946 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5947 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5949 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5950 /* The ICCCM says this is
5951 the only valid choice. */
5953 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5954 /* This is needed to detect the error
5955 if there is an error. */
5957 x_uncatch_errors ();
5959 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5964 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5965 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5967 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5968 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5969 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5970 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5971 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5972 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5973 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5974 session manager and one for this. */
5976 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5979 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5980 event
.xclient
.window
);
5981 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5982 for a single Emacs process. */
5983 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5984 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5985 event
.xclient
.window
,
5986 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5988 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5989 event
.xclient
.window
,
5995 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5996 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5998 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5999 event
.xclient
.window
);
6001 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
6003 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6004 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6011 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6012 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6017 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6018 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6021 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6023 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6024 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6028 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6035 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6036 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6038 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6040 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6044 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6046 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6047 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6048 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6049 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6051 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6052 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6053 currently never do because we are interested in
6054 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6055 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6056 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6059 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6060 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6064 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6065 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6066 we construct an input_event. */
6067 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6068 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6070 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6071 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6074 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6076 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6077 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6078 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6080 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6081 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6082 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6084 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6088 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6090 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6093 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6094 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6098 case SelectionNotify
:
6099 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6100 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6101 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6103 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6104 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6107 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6108 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6109 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6110 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6112 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6114 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6116 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6117 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6118 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6119 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6120 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6124 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6125 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6126 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6127 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6129 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6131 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6133 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6134 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6135 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6136 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6137 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6138 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6139 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6140 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6144 case PropertyNotify
:
6145 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6146 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6147 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6148 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
) && f
->iconified
6149 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6151 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed. It hides
6152 the frame. So if our state says we aren't hidden anymore,
6153 treat it as deiconified. */
6154 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6155 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6156 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6157 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6158 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6159 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6160 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6161 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6164 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6165 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6168 case ReparentNotify
:
6169 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6173 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6174 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6178 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6179 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6180 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6182 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6187 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6191 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6192 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6193 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6194 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6195 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6198 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6200 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6201 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6202 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6203 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6207 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6208 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6212 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6213 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6215 #if defined USE_LUCID
6216 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6217 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6218 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6221 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6223 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6225 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6227 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6228 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6230 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6231 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6232 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6235 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6236 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6239 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6240 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6244 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6245 source area was obscured or not
6247 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6251 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6252 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6253 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6255 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6258 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6261 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6262 source area was completely
6267 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6268 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6271 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6274 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6275 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6276 the frame was deleted. */
6278 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6279 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6280 display that won't ever be seen. */
6281 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6282 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6283 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6284 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6285 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6286 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6287 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6288 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6290 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6292 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6293 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6299 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6300 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6301 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6304 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6305 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6306 frame is visible. */
6307 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6310 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6311 the frame's display structures.
6312 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6313 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6314 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6315 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6316 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6317 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6319 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6320 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6321 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6322 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6324 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6325 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6326 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6330 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6331 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6333 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6334 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6335 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6336 to update the frame titles
6337 in case this is the second frame. */
6338 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6341 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6348 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6349 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6351 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6352 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6353 if (popup_activated ())
6357 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6359 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6360 mouse highlighting. */
6361 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6363 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6365 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6366 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6369 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6372 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6373 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6374 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6376 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6378 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6379 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6382 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6386 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6387 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6388 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6391 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6392 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6393 status_return even if the input is too long to
6394 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6395 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6396 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6397 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6398 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6399 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6400 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6402 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6406 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6407 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6408 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6410 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6414 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6415 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6416 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6418 /* This will have to go some day... */
6420 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6421 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6422 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6423 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6424 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6425 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6426 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6428 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6429 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6430 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6431 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6432 not it is combined with Meta. */
6433 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6434 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6439 Status status_return
;
6441 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6442 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6443 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6444 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6446 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6448 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6449 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6450 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6451 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6452 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6455 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6456 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6458 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6463 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6464 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6468 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6469 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6472 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6473 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6477 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6478 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6479 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6482 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6483 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6485 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6486 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6488 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6489 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6491 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6492 translations to characters. */
6493 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6494 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6496 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6497 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6501 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6502 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6504 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6505 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6507 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6508 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6512 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6513 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6514 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6519 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6520 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6521 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6522 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6526 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6527 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6528 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6529 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6530 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6531 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6533 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6534 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6536 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6537 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6538 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6539 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6540 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6542 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6543 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6545 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6546 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6548 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6549 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6551 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6552 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6554 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6555 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6557 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6558 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6560 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6561 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6563 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6564 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6566 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6567 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6569 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6570 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6572 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6573 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6575 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6576 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6578 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6579 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6581 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6582 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6583 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6584 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6585 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6586 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6587 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6588 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6589 don't have real modifiers but
6590 should be treated similarly to
6591 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6592 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6593 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6594 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6598 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6599 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6601 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6602 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6606 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6610 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6612 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6614 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6617 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6619 /* Decode the input data. */
6621 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6622 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6623 we used just above and the locale. */
6624 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6625 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6626 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6627 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6628 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6629 gives us composition information. */
6630 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6632 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6634 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6635 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6636 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6637 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6638 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6639 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6642 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6643 character events. */
6644 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6647 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6648 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6650 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6651 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6652 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6653 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6655 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6660 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6662 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6668 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6669 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6677 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6679 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6680 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6688 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6689 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6691 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6693 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6694 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6696 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6697 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6698 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6699 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6701 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6702 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6703 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6704 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6709 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6713 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6714 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6716 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6719 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6721 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6722 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6723 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6724 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6727 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6728 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6729 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6730 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6731 if (any_help_event_p
)
6735 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6736 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6737 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6742 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6747 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6748 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6749 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6751 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6752 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6753 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6755 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6757 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6759 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6760 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6764 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6770 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6771 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6772 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6776 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6777 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6780 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6781 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6782 will be selected only when it is active. */
6783 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6784 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6785 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6786 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6787 create event iff we don't leave the
6789 && (focus_follows_mouse
6790 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6791 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6793 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6794 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6799 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6800 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6804 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6805 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6806 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6807 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6810 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6811 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6813 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6814 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6815 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6818 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6819 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6820 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6821 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6826 case ConfigureNotify
:
6827 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6830 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6831 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6833 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6834 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6840 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6842 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6843 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6845 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6846 is called by the code that handles resizing
6847 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6849 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6850 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6851 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6852 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6853 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6854 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6855 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6857 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6858 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6859 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6862 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6863 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6864 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6868 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6869 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6870 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6871 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6874 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6878 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6879 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6888 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6889 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6892 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6893 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6894 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6896 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6898 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6899 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6901 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6904 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6909 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6910 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6911 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6914 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6915 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6917 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6918 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6920 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6922 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6923 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6924 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6925 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6930 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6931 if (! popup_activated ())
6934 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6936 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6937 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6939 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6940 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6942 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6943 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6946 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6948 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6949 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6950 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6954 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6955 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6956 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6958 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6959 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6961 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6963 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6964 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6966 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6968 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6969 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6972 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6974 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6975 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6978 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6981 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6983 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6984 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6985 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6989 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6990 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6991 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6992 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6993 Instead, save it away
6994 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6995 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6996 if (! popup_activated ()
6998 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6999 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
7001 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
7002 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
7003 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
7004 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
7005 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
7006 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
7007 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
7008 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
7010 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7011 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
7012 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7014 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7016 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
7021 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7025 case CirculateNotify
:
7028 case CirculateRequest
:
7031 case VisibilityNotify
:
7035 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7037 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7039 case MappingModifier
:
7040 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7041 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7042 case MappingKeyboard
:
7043 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7048 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7053 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7055 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7056 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7058 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7063 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7065 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7070 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7075 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7081 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7082 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7083 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7087 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7088 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7098 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7100 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7101 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7102 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7104 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7106 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7108 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7109 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7111 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7114 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7121 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7122 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler only if SYNC_INPUT is
7124 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7126 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7127 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7128 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7131 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7134 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, int expected
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7137 int event_found
= 0;
7139 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7141 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7143 pending_signals
= 1;
7148 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7150 pending_signals
= pending_atimers
;
7154 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7155 input_signal_count
++;
7161 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7162 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7164 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7165 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7169 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7174 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7177 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7178 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7183 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7184 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7186 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7194 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7195 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7196 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7197 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7199 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7200 from all displays. */
7202 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7204 current_count
= count
;
7205 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7207 gtk_main_iteration ();
7209 count
= current_count
;
7211 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7213 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7216 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7218 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7219 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7222 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7223 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7224 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7226 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7230 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7231 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7233 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7235 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7236 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7240 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7242 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7243 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7245 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7246 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7260 /***********************************************************************
7262 ***********************************************************************/
7264 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7265 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7267 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7268 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7269 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7272 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7274 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7275 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7276 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7278 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7280 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7281 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7282 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7283 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7284 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7286 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7290 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7293 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7295 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7296 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7297 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7300 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7303 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7304 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7305 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7306 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7309 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7310 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7311 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7313 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7314 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7315 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7316 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7317 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7319 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7320 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7321 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7323 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7324 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7325 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7326 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7330 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7332 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7333 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7334 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7338 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7340 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7341 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7343 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7344 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7346 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7347 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7350 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7351 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7352 the bar might not be in the window. */
7353 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7355 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7356 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7357 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7361 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7362 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7363 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7364 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7365 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7368 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7369 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7370 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7371 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7372 that the glyph is legible. */
7373 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7374 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7376 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7377 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7380 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7383 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7384 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7387 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7389 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7391 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7394 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7395 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7397 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7399 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7400 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7401 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7402 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7404 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7405 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7406 width
, row
->height
);
7410 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7413 width
= row
->height
;
7415 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7417 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7418 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7420 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7421 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7422 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7423 row
->height
- width
),
7424 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7427 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7432 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7435 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7437 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7438 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7439 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7440 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7444 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7447 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7449 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7450 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7452 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7453 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7454 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7459 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7462 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7464 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7468 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7469 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7471 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7472 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7473 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7474 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7476 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7477 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7481 switch (cursor_type
)
7483 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7484 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7487 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7488 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7492 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7496 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7500 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7509 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7510 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7511 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7516 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7523 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7526 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7528 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7530 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7533 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7534 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7535 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7536 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7541 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7542 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7543 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7545 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7546 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7547 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7551 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7552 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7558 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7559 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7562 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7564 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7566 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7570 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7573 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7574 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7578 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7579 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7583 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7584 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7585 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7586 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7587 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7589 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7592 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7593 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7599 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7600 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7603 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7605 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7610 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7611 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7613 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7614 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7617 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7618 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7619 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7620 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7625 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7627 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7628 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7630 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7631 be called from a signal handler.
7634 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7635 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7637 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7639 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7641 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7642 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7643 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7646 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7648 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7649 x_error_message
->string
,
7650 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7653 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7654 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7657 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7658 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7659 stored in *x_error_message.
7661 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7662 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7664 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7667 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7669 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7671 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7675 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7676 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7677 x_error_message
= data
;
7680 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7681 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7684 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7686 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7690 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7691 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7692 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7693 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7695 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7696 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7701 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7702 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7703 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7706 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7708 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7711 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7713 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7714 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7715 x_uncatch_errors ();
7716 error (format
, string
);
7720 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7721 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7724 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7726 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7729 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7732 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7735 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7737 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7740 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7741 * idea. --lorentey */
7742 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7745 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7747 while (x_error_message
)
7748 x_uncatch_errors ();
7753 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7756 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7761 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7762 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7763 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7764 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7765 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7768 x_connection_signal (int signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7769 /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7772 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7773 must reestablish each time */
7774 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7779 /************************************************************************
7781 ************************************************************************/
7783 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7785 static char *error_msg
;
7787 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7788 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7791 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7793 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7794 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7795 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7797 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7798 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7799 handling_signal
= 0;
7801 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7802 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7806 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7808 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7809 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7812 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7813 that are on the dead display. */
7814 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7816 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7818 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7819 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7820 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7821 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7822 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7823 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7826 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7827 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7828 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7829 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7830 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7831 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7833 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7834 trying to find a replacement. */
7835 KVAR (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
) = Qt
;
7836 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7839 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7840 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7843 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7844 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7845 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7847 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7848 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7849 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7850 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7851 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7852 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7853 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7854 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7855 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7858 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7860 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7861 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7863 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7864 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7865 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7866 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7871 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7872 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7876 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7878 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7879 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7883 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7885 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7887 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7888 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7890 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7891 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7893 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7894 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7896 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7897 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7898 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7899 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7902 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7903 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7904 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7906 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7907 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7910 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7913 if (event
->error_code
== BadMatch
7914 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
7915 && event
->minor_code
== 0)
7921 if (x_error_message
)
7922 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7924 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7928 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7929 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7930 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7932 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7934 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7935 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7937 static void NO_INLINE
7938 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7940 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7942 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7943 or colors that are not defined. */
7945 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7948 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7949 original error handler. */
7951 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7952 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7953 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7954 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7958 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7959 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7960 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7963 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7967 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7968 DisplayString (display
));
7969 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7973 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7975 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7976 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7977 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7981 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7983 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7986 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7987 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7988 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7989 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7993 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7994 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7995 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7996 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7997 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7999 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
8001 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
8002 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8004 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8005 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
8006 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
8010 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8011 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
8014 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
8016 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
8017 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
8018 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
8019 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8020 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
8025 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
8028 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
8037 /***********************************************************************
8039 ***********************************************************************/
8045 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8046 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8047 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8050 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8052 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8053 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8057 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8058 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8060 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8061 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8063 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8064 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8068 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8069 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8070 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8074 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8077 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8078 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8081 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8082 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8085 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8093 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8094 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8101 XIMCallback destroy
;
8104 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8105 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8108 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8109 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8110 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8116 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8117 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8121 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8123 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8124 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8125 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8126 when the callback was registered. */
8129 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8131 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8132 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8134 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8138 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8140 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8141 as they have no XIC. */
8142 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8144 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8147 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8149 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8152 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8153 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8155 create_frame_xic (f
);
8156 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8157 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8158 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8160 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8161 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8170 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8173 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8174 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8175 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8176 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8179 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8181 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8185 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8186 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8189 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8190 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8191 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8192 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8193 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8194 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8195 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8196 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8197 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8198 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8199 least, hence the configure test. */
8200 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8201 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8202 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8203 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8205 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8209 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8212 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8217 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8218 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8219 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8221 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8222 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8223 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8224 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8225 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8226 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8227 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8228 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8230 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8233 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8237 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8238 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8241 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8243 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8245 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8246 is already for the top-left corner. */
8247 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8250 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8251 position that fits on the screen. */
8252 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8253 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8254 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8257 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8259 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8260 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8261 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8263 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8264 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8265 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8266 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8269 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8270 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8272 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8275 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8276 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8277 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8280 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8281 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8282 so the flags should correspond. */
8283 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8286 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8287 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8288 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8289 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8290 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8293 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8295 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8297 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8299 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8300 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8304 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8306 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8308 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8309 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8311 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8314 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8316 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8317 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8319 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8321 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8322 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8323 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8324 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8325 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8328 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8329 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8331 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8332 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8335 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8336 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8337 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8338 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8341 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8342 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8343 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8345 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8346 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8347 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8348 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8349 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8350 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8355 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8356 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8357 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8358 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8359 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8362 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8365 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8366 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8367 Window wmcheck_window
;
8368 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8369 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8370 long max_len
= 65536;
8371 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8372 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8373 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8377 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8378 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8379 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8380 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8381 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8382 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8384 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8386 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8387 x_uncatch_errors ();
8392 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8395 /* Check if window exists. */
8396 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8398 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8400 x_uncatch_errors ();
8405 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8407 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8408 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8409 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8410 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8411 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8412 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8414 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8416 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8417 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8418 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8419 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8420 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8422 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8424 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8425 x_uncatch_errors ();
8430 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8431 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8432 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8437 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8438 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8440 x_uncatch_errors ();
8447 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8449 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8451 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8452 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8454 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8456 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8458 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8460 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8465 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8470 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8472 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8473 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8476 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8477 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8478 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8480 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8483 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8489 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8490 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8491 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8492 long max_len
= 65536;
8493 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8494 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8495 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8498 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8501 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8502 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8503 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8504 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8505 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8507 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8509 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8510 x_uncatch_errors ();
8512 return ! f
->iconified
;
8515 x_uncatch_errors ();
8517 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8519 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8520 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8523 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8525 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8527 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8528 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8530 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8532 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8534 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8535 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8537 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8539 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8540 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8541 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8545 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8550 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8553 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8555 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8556 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8559 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8561 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8562 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8564 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8566 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8570 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8572 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8573 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8574 are sent at once. */
8575 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8577 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8578 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8579 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8580 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8581 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8582 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8584 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8585 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8586 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8587 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8588 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8589 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8590 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8592 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8593 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8594 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8595 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8596 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8597 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8598 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8600 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8601 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8602 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8603 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8604 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8606 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8607 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8608 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8610 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8611 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8614 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8618 return have_net_atom
;
8622 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8624 if (f
->async_visible
)
8627 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8635 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8637 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8640 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8645 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8648 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8651 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8654 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8659 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8660 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8665 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8666 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8668 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8670 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8673 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8674 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8676 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8677 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8678 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8680 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8682 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8683 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8685 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8687 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8688 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8689 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8690 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8691 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8693 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8694 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8696 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8697 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8700 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8705 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8706 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8707 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8708 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8709 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8710 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8711 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8714 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8716 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8718 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8719 window manager window around the frame. */
8721 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8723 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8725 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8730 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8731 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8732 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8734 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8736 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8737 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8739 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8740 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8742 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8745 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8746 frame's position. */
8748 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8752 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8753 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8754 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8755 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8756 of an exact comparison. */
8759 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8763 while (count
++ < 50)
8765 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8767 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8768 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8771 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8772 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8776 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8779 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8780 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8783 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8787 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8788 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8790 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8794 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8796 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8798 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8801 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8802 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8804 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8805 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8807 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8808 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8809 tmo
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8810 tmo_at
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), tmo
);
8812 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8814 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8815 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
8816 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8818 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8823 time_now
= current_emacs_time ();
8824 if (EMACS_TIME_LT (tmo_at
, time_now
))
8827 tmo
= sub_emacs_time (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8828 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8829 break; /* Timeout */
8831 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8832 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8836 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8837 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8838 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8839 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8842 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8844 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8846 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8847 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8848 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8850 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8852 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8854 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8855 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8856 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8857 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8859 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8860 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8861 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8862 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8865 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8866 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8867 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8868 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8869 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8871 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8872 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8873 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8874 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8876 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8877 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8878 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8879 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8880 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8882 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8885 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8886 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8887 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8888 if (f
->async_visible
)
8889 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8892 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8893 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8894 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8900 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8901 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8902 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8903 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8906 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8910 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8914 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8915 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8916 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8917 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8918 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8919 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8920 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8921 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8922 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8923 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8925 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8927 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8928 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8929 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8930 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8931 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8932 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8933 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8937 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8938 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8940 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8941 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8943 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8945 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8947 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8948 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8950 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8951 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8952 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8953 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8954 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8959 /* Mouse warping. */
8962 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8966 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8967 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8969 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8970 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8972 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8973 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8977 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8978 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8982 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8985 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8989 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8990 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8994 /* Raise frame F. */
8997 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9000 if (f
->async_visible
)
9001 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9003 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9007 /* Lower frame F. */
9010 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9012 if (f
->async_visible
)
9015 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
9016 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9021 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
9024 xembed_request_focus (FRAME_PTR f
)
9026 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
9027 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
9028 if (f
->async_visible
)
9029 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
9030 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
9033 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
9036 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
9038 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9039 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
9041 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9042 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
9045 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9046 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9047 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
9049 Fcons (make_number (1),
9050 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9056 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
9064 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9066 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
9068 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9070 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
9073 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
9075 unsigned long data
[2];
9076 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9078 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9081 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9082 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9083 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9085 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
9088 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
9089 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9093 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9094 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9095 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9096 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9097 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9098 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9099 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9100 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9101 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9103 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9104 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9105 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9108 /* Change of visibility. */
9110 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9111 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9112 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9113 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9114 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9115 finishes with it. */
9118 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9121 int original_top
, original_left
;
9122 int retry_count
= 2;
9128 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9130 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9132 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9134 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9135 call x_set_offset a second time
9136 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9137 before the window gets really visible. */
9138 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9139 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9140 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9141 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9143 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9145 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9146 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9147 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9148 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9149 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9152 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9153 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9155 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9157 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9158 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9160 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9161 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9163 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9164 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9165 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9168 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9170 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9171 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9172 so that incoming events are handled. */
9176 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9177 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9178 will set it when they are handled. */
9179 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9181 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9182 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9184 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9187 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9189 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9190 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9191 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9192 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9194 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9195 because the window manager may choose the position
9196 and we don't want to override it. */
9198 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9199 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9200 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9201 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9202 && previously_visible
)
9206 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9210 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9211 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9212 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9213 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9214 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9215 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9216 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9217 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9218 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9220 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9221 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9222 original_left
, original_top
);
9227 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9229 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9230 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9231 MapNotify at all.. */
9232 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9233 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9235 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9238 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9239 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9240 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9241 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9242 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9244 if (input_polling_used ())
9246 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9247 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9248 handler reset it. */
9249 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9250 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9251 poll_for_input_1 ();
9252 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9255 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9256 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9261 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9265 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9266 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9267 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9268 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9270 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9275 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9277 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9280 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9284 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9285 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9287 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9288 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9289 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9293 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9294 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9295 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9296 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9297 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9298 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9301 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9302 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9305 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9306 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9311 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9312 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9314 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9315 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9319 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9320 just by the event that we get from the server.
9321 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9322 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9323 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9325 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9326 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9327 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9334 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9337 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9339 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9344 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9345 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9346 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9348 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9353 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9355 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9357 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9359 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9360 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9362 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9363 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9365 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9368 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9369 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9375 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9377 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9379 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9380 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9381 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9382 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9383 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9384 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9385 so we have to record it here. */
9388 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9389 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9394 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9395 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9396 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9400 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9402 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9403 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9407 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9409 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9411 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9412 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9413 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9414 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9415 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9416 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9418 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9419 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9421 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9422 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9426 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9427 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9428 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9429 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9430 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9432 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9433 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9435 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9438 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
9439 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9443 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9445 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9447 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9449 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9450 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9453 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9454 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9456 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9458 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9462 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9465 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9467 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9468 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9469 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9471 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9476 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9477 commands to the X server. */
9478 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9480 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9481 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9483 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9484 free_frame_faces (f
);
9486 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9487 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9489 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9490 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9491 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9492 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9493 toolkit scroll bars. */
9494 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9496 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9497 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9506 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9507 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9509 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9510 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9512 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9513 we are using a toolkit. */
9514 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9515 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9517 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9518 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9521 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9522 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9524 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9525 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9526 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9528 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9529 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9530 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9531 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9532 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9533 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9535 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9536 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9537 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9538 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9539 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9540 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9541 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9542 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9543 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9544 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9545 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9546 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9547 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9548 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9549 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9552 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9555 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9556 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9557 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9559 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9560 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9561 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9562 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9563 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9564 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9566 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9568 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9569 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9570 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9571 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9572 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9573 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9574 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9581 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9584 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9586 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9588 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9589 commands to the X server. */
9590 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9591 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9593 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9597 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9599 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9600 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9601 that the window now has.
9602 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9603 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9604 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9608 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, int user_position
)
9610 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9611 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9613 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9614 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9616 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9621 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9622 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9624 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9625 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9627 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9628 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9630 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9631 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9632 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9633 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9634 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9635 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9637 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9639 int base_width
, base_height
;
9640 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9642 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9643 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9645 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9647 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9648 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9649 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9650 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9651 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9653 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9654 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9655 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9657 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9658 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9659 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9660 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9661 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9664 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9667 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9672 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9673 long supplied_return
;
9676 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9680 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9685 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9686 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9687 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9688 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9689 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9690 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9691 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9692 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9699 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9700 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9704 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9705 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9707 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9709 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9711 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9713 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9716 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9718 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9721 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9722 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9723 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9724 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9726 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9727 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9729 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9730 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9734 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9736 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9738 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9739 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9744 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9745 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9746 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9747 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9751 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9759 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9763 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9767 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9768 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9769 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9770 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9773 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9775 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9776 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9778 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9782 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9784 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9786 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9787 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9788 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9790 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9794 /***********************************************************************
9796 ***********************************************************************/
9800 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9804 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9806 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9807 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9808 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9811 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9814 /***********************************************************************
9816 ***********************************************************************/
9818 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9819 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9820 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9821 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9823 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9824 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9825 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9827 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9828 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9829 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9830 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9831 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9832 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9833 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9836 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9838 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9840 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9842 static int x_initialized
;
9844 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9845 the screen number from the server number. */
9847 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9850 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9851 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9852 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9854 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9855 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9856 length_until_period
++;
9858 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9859 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9861 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9863 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9864 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9865 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9866 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9867 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9868 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9869 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9870 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9871 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9872 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9873 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9874 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9875 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9876 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9878 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9882 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9886 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9887 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9890 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9891 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9894 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9915 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9916 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9919 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9924 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9926 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9934 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9935 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9937 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9938 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9942 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9943 the structure that describes the open display.
9944 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9946 struct x_display_info
*
9947 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9951 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9952 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9954 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9965 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9966 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9972 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9973 char **argv2
= argv
;
9976 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9978 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9982 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9983 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9985 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9989 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9991 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9993 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9994 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9997 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9998 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10000 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10002 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
10003 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
10005 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
10006 putenv (fix_events
);
10009 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
10010 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
10011 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
10012 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
10014 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
10015 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
10016 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10018 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10019 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
10021 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10025 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
10027 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
10028 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10030 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10031 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10033 s
= build_string (file
);
10034 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10036 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10037 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
10041 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10042 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10045 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10046 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10047 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10049 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10050 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10051 So let's not use it until R6. */
10052 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10053 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10064 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10065 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10067 turn_on_atimers (0);
10068 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
10069 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10070 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10072 turn_on_atimers (1);
10074 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10075 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10080 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10081 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10082 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
10083 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10084 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10086 /* Detect failure. */
10093 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10095 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10096 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10098 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10101 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10104 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10105 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10106 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10107 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10110 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10113 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
10114 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10115 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vwindow_system
) = Qx
;
10117 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10118 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10119 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10120 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10121 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10123 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10125 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10127 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10128 list of terminals. */
10129 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10130 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10131 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10132 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10134 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10135 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10137 KVAR (terminal
->kboard
, Vsystem_key_alist
)
10138 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10139 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
);
10141 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10142 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10146 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10147 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10148 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10149 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10150 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10152 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10155 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10156 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10157 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10159 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10160 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10161 x_display_name_list
);
10162 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10164 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10166 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10167 terminal
->name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10168 memcpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10169 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10172 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10175 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10176 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10177 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10178 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10179 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10180 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10181 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10183 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10184 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10186 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10188 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10189 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10190 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10192 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10193 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10195 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10196 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10197 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10198 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10200 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10202 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10204 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10206 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10207 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10208 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10209 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10210 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10211 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10212 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10213 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10214 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10215 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10216 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10217 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10218 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10219 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10220 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10221 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10222 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10223 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10224 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10225 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10226 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10227 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10228 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10229 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10230 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10231 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10232 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10233 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10235 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10236 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10237 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10239 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10241 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10242 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10243 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10244 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10245 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10246 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10249 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10250 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10252 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10255 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10256 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10257 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10259 if (STRINGP (value
)
10260 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10261 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10262 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10266 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10267 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10271 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10272 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10273 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10274 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10275 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10277 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10279 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10280 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10284 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10286 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10287 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10288 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10289 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10290 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10291 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10292 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10293 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10294 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10303 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10304 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10305 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10306 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10307 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10308 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10309 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10310 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10311 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10312 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10313 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10314 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10315 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10316 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10317 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10318 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10319 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10320 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10321 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10322 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10323 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10324 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10325 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10326 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10327 /* For properties of font. */
10328 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10329 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10330 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10331 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10332 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10333 /* Ghostscript support. */
10334 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10335 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10336 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10337 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10339 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10340 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10341 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10342 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10343 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10344 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10345 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10346 { "_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
},
10347 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10348 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10349 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10350 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10351 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10352 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10353 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10354 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10355 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10356 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10357 /* Session management */
10358 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10359 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10360 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10364 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10365 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10366 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10367 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10368 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10369 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10370 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10371 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10373 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10374 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10376 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10377 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10378 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10379 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10381 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10382 False
, atoms_return
);
10384 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10385 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10387 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10388 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10390 xfree (atom_names
);
10391 xfree (atoms_return
);
10394 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10395 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10396 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10397 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10399 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10400 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10401 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10403 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10404 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10408 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10409 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10414 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10417 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10419 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10420 if (connection
!= 0)
10421 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10424 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10425 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10428 if (interrupt_input
)
10429 init_sigio (connection
);
10430 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10434 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10437 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10438 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10439 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10440 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10441 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10442 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10443 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10444 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10445 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10447 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10448 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10449 x_uncatch_errors ();
10453 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10454 for debugging X code. */
10457 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10458 build_string ("synchronous"),
10459 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10461 if (STRINGP (value
)
10462 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10463 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10464 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10469 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10470 build_string ("useXIM"),
10471 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10474 if (STRINGP (value
)
10475 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10476 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10479 if (STRINGP (value
)
10480 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10481 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10487 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10488 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10490 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10491 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10499 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10500 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10503 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10505 struct terminal
*t
;
10507 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10509 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10510 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10513 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10514 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10515 x_session_close ();
10517 delete_terminal (t
);
10521 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10523 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10524 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10525 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10526 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10527 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10532 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10533 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10535 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10537 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10540 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10544 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10545 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10547 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10548 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10551 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10553 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10554 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10555 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10558 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10559 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10560 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10564 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10566 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10567 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10568 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10569 that slows us down. */
10572 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10575 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10576 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10578 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10579 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10580 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10581 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10586 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10587 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10588 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10589 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10590 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10591 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10592 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10595 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10598 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10600 EMACS_TIME interval
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10601 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10602 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10607 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10610 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10612 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10614 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10616 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10620 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10622 x_after_update_window_line
,
10623 x_update_window_begin
,
10624 x_update_window_end
,
10630 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10632 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10633 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10634 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10635 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10636 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10637 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10638 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10639 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10640 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10641 x_clear_frame_area
,
10642 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10643 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10644 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10648 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10650 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10652 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10654 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10655 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10656 if (!terminal
->name
)
10661 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10664 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10667 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10668 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10669 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10671 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10672 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10674 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10675 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10676 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10677 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10679 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10680 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10681 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10682 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10683 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10684 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10685 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10686 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10687 leaks in other situations. */
10689 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10690 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10692 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10694 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10695 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10696 closing all the displays. */
10697 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10701 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10703 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10704 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10706 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10708 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10711 /* Mark as dead. */
10712 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10713 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10717 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10718 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10720 static struct terminal
*
10721 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10723 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10725 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10727 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10728 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10729 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10731 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10733 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10734 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10735 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10736 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10737 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10738 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10739 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10740 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10741 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10742 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10743 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10744 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10745 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10746 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10747 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10748 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10749 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10750 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10751 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10752 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10754 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10755 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10757 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10758 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10759 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10760 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10761 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10762 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10769 x_initialize (void)
10774 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10775 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10776 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10779 current_count
= -1;
10782 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10783 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10785 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10786 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10788 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10790 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10791 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10792 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10793 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10794 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10795 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10796 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10798 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10801 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10803 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10804 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10808 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10809 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10810 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10812 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10813 original error handler. */
10814 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10815 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10817 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10819 xgselect_initialize ();
10824 syms_of_xterm (void)
10826 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10828 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10829 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10831 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10832 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10834 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10835 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10837 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10838 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10841 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10842 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10844 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10847 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10848 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10849 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10850 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10851 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10852 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10853 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10855 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10857 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10858 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10859 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10860 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10861 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10862 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10863 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10865 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10866 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10867 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10868 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10869 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10870 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10871 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10872 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10873 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10875 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10876 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10877 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10878 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10879 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10880 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10881 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10883 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10884 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10885 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10887 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10889 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10892 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10895 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10896 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10898 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10899 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10900 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10901 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10902 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10903 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10904 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10905 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10906 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10908 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10909 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10910 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10911 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10912 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10913 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10915 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10916 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10917 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10918 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10919 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10920 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10922 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10923 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10924 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10925 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10926 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10927 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10929 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10930 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10931 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10932 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10933 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10934 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10936 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10937 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10938 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10939 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10940 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10944 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */